1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 198 * 199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 202 */ 203 204 /** 205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 206 * 207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 222 * 223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 225 * up a connection or after roaming. 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 232 * 233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 240 */ 241 242 /** 243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 244 * 245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In 247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using 248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 253 * 254 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 255 * 256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 257 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 258 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 259 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 260 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 261 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 262 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 264 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 265 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 266 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 267 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 268 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 269 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 271 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 272 * 273 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 274 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 275 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 276 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 278 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 279 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 280 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 281 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 282 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 283 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 284 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 285 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 286 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 287 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 288 * 289 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 290 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 291 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 292 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 293 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 294 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 295 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 296 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 297 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 298 * 299 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 300 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 301 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 302 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 303 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 304 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 305 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 306 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 307 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 308 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 309 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 310 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 311 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 312 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 313 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 314 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 316 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 317 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 318 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 319 * 320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 321 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 322 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 323 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 324 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 325 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 326 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 327 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 328 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 329 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 330 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 331 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 332 * frame). 333 * 334 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 335 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 337 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 338 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 339 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 340 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 341 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 342 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 343 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 345 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 347 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 348 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 349 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 350 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 351 * 352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 353 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 354 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 355 * global regdomain will be returned. 356 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 357 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 358 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 359 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 360 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 361 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 362 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 363 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 364 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 366 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 367 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 368 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 369 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 370 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 371 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 374 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 375 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 376 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 377 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 378 * 379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 380 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 381 * 382 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 383 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 384 * 385 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 386 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 387 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 388 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 389 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 390 * added to all specified management frames generated by 391 * kernel/firmware/driver. 392 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 393 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 394 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 395 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 396 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 397 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 398 * 399 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 400 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 401 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 402 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 403 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 404 * be used. 405 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 406 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 408 * partial scan results may be available 409 * 410 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 411 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 412 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 413 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 414 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 415 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 416 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 417 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 418 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 419 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 420 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 421 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 422 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 423 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 424 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 425 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 426 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 427 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 428 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 429 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 430 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 431 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 432 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 433 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 434 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 435 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 436 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 437 * results available. 438 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 439 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 440 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 441 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 442 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 443 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 444 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 445 * 446 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 447 * or noise level 448 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 449 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 450 * 451 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 452 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 453 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 454 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 456 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 457 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 458 * ESS. 459 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 460 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 461 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 462 * authentication. 463 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 464 * 465 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 466 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 467 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 468 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 469 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 470 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 471 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 472 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 473 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 474 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 475 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 476 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 477 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 478 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 479 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 480 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 481 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 482 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 483 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 484 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 485 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 486 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 487 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 488 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 489 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 490 * the beacon hint was processed. 491 * 492 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 493 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 494 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 495 * authentication process. 496 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 497 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 498 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 499 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 500 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 501 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 502 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 503 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 504 * to be added to the frame. 505 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 506 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 507 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 508 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 509 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 510 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 511 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 512 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 513 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 514 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 515 * pending authentication timed out). 516 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 517 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 518 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 519 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 520 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 521 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 522 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 523 * included). 524 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 525 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 526 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 527 * primitives). 528 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 529 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 530 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 531 * 532 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 533 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 534 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 535 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 536 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 537 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 538 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 539 * 540 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 541 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 542 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 543 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 544 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 545 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 546 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 547 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 548 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 549 * determined by the network interface. 550 * 551 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 552 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 553 * to the driver. 554 * 555 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 556 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 557 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 558 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 559 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 561 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 562 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 563 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 564 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 565 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 566 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 567 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 568 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 569 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 570 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 571 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 572 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 573 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 574 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 575 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 576 * a different BSS is desired. 577 * Background scan period can optionally be 578 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 579 * if not specified default background scan configuration 580 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 581 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 582 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 583 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 584 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 585 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 586 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 587 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 588 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 589 * well to remain backwards compatible. 590 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 591 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 592 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 593 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 594 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 595 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 596 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 597 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 598 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 599 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 600 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 601 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 602 * 603 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 604 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 605 * 606 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 607 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 608 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 609 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 610 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 611 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 612 * frequency for the operation. 613 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 614 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 615 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 616 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 617 * radio). 618 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 619 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 620 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 621 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 622 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 623 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 624 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 625 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 626 * uniquely identify the request. 627 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 628 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 629 * 630 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 631 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 632 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 633 * 634 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 635 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 636 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 637 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 638 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 639 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 640 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 641 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 642 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 643 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 644 * backward compatibility 645 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 646 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 647 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 648 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 649 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 650 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 651 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 652 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 653 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 654 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 655 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 656 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 657 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 658 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 659 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 660 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 661 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 662 * is used during CSA period. 663 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 664 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 665 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 666 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 667 * wait time. 668 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 669 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 670 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 671 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 672 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 673 * the frame. 674 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 675 * backward compatibility. 676 * 677 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 678 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 679 * 680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 681 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 682 * levels. 683 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 684 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 685 * reached. 686 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 687 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 688 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 689 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 690 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 691 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 692 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 693 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 694 * precedence when they are used. 695 * 696 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 697 * 698 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 699 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 700 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 701 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 702 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 703 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 704 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 705 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 706 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 707 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 708 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 709 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 710 * command, the feature is disabled. 711 * 712 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 713 * mesh config parameters may be given. 714 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 715 * network is determined by the network interface. 716 * 717 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 718 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 719 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 720 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 721 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 722 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 723 * 724 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 725 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 726 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 727 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 728 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 729 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 730 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 731 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 732 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 733 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 734 * depending on the authentication result. 735 * 736 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 737 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 738 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 739 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 740 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 741 * more background information, see 742 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 743 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 744 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 745 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 746 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 747 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 748 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 749 * 750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 751 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 752 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 753 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 754 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 755 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 756 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 757 * 758 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 759 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 760 * 761 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 762 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 763 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 764 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 765 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 766 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 767 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 768 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 769 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 770 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 771 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 772 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 773 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 774 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 775 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 776 * 777 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 778 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 779 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 780 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 781 * is received. 782 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 783 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 784 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 785 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 786 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 787 * 788 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 789 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 790 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 791 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 792 * 793 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 794 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 795 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 796 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 797 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 798 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 799 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 800 * 801 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 802 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 803 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 804 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 805 * 806 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 807 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 808 * 809 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 810 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 811 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 812 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 813 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 814 * from the remote AP) is completed; 815 * 816 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 817 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 818 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 819 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 820 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 821 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 822 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 823 * interfaces to change channel as well. 824 * 825 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 826 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 827 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 828 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 829 * public action frame TX. 830 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 831 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 832 * 833 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 834 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 835 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 836 * is used for this. 837 * 838 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 839 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 840 * 841 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 842 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 843 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 844 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 845 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 846 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 847 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 848 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 849 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 850 * 851 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 852 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 853 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 854 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 855 * while operating on this channel. 856 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 857 * event. 858 * 859 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 860 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 861 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 862 * 863 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 864 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 865 * 866 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 867 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 868 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 869 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 872 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 873 * complete. 874 * 875 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 876 * return back to normal. 877 * 878 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 882 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 883 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 884 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 885 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 886 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 887 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 888 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 889 * switch is complete. 890 * 891 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 892 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 893 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 894 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 895 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 896 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 897 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 898 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 899 * 900 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 901 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 902 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 903 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 904 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 907 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 908 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 909 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 910 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 911 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 912 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 913 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 914 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 915 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 916 * fail even if the check was successful. 917 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 918 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 919 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 920 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 921 * 922 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 923 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 924 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 925 * 926 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 927 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 928 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 929 * network is determined by the network interface. 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 932 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 933 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 934 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 935 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 936 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 937 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 938 * AP. 939 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 940 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 941 * when this command completes. 942 * 943 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 944 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 945 * management. 946 * 947 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 948 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 949 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 950 * 951 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 952 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 953 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 954 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 955 * cluster. This command must have a valid 956 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 957 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 958 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 959 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 960 * added. 961 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 962 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 963 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 964 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 965 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 966 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 967 * of the function upon success. 968 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 969 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 970 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 971 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 972 * which just terminated. 973 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 974 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 975 * the response to this command. 976 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 977 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 978 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 979 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 980 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 981 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 982 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 983 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 984 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 985 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 986 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 987 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 988 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 989 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 990 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 991 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 992 * 993 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 994 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 995 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 996 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 997 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 998 * 999 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1000 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1001 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1002 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1003 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1004 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1005 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1006 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 1007 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 1008 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 1009 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 1010 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 1011 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 1012 * 1013 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1014 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1015 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1016 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1017 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1018 * 802.11 headers. 1019 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1021 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1022 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1023 * 1024 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1025 * 1026 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1027 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1028 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1029 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1030 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1031 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1032 * 1033 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1034 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1035 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1036 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1037 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1038 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1039 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1040 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1041 * command interface. 1042 * 1043 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1044 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1045 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1046 * 1047 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1048 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1049 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1050 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1051 * 1052 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1053 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1054 * 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1056 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1058 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1059 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1060 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1061 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in 1062 * the netlink extended ack message. 1063 * 1064 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1065 * 1066 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1067 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1068 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1069 * buffer size. 1070 * 1071 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1072 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1073 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1074 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1075 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1076 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1077 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1078 * 1079 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1080 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1081 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1082 * determining the width and type. 1083 * 1084 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1085 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1086 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1087 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1088 * 1089 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1090 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1091 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1092 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1093 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1094 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1095 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1096 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1097 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1098 * rate selection. 1099 * 1100 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1101 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1102 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1103 * 1104 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1105 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1106 */ 1107 enum nl80211_commands { 1108 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1109 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1110 1111 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1112 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1113 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1114 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1115 1116 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1117 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1118 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1119 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1120 1121 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1122 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1123 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1124 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1125 1126 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1127 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1128 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1129 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1130 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1131 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1132 1133 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1134 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1135 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1136 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1137 1138 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1139 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1140 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1141 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1142 1143 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1144 1145 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1146 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1147 1148 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1149 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1150 1151 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1152 1153 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1154 1155 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1156 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1157 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1158 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1159 1160 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1161 1162 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1163 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1164 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1165 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1166 1167 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1168 1169 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1170 1171 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1172 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1173 1174 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1175 1176 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1177 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1178 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1179 1180 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1181 1182 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1183 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1184 1185 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1186 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1187 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1188 1189 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1190 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1191 1192 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1193 1194 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1195 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1196 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1197 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1198 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1199 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1200 1201 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1202 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1203 1204 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1205 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1206 1207 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1208 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1209 1210 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1211 1212 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1213 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1214 1215 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1216 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1217 1218 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1219 1220 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1221 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1222 1223 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1224 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1225 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1226 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1227 1228 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1229 1230 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1231 1232 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1233 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1234 1235 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1236 1237 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1238 1239 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1240 1241 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1242 1243 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1244 1245 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1248 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1249 1250 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1253 1254 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1255 1256 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1257 1258 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1259 1260 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1261 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1262 1263 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1264 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1265 1266 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1267 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1268 1269 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1270 1271 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1272 1273 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1274 1275 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1276 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1277 1278 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1279 1280 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1281 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1282 1283 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1284 1285 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1286 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1287 1288 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1289 1290 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1291 1292 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1293 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1294 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1295 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1296 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1297 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1298 1299 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1300 1301 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1302 1303 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1304 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1305 1306 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1307 1308 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1309 1310 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1311 1312 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1313 1314 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1315 1316 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1317 1318 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1319 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1320 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1321 1322 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1323 1324 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1325 1326 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1327 1328 /* add new commands above here */ 1329 1330 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1331 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1332 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1333 }; 1334 1335 /* 1336 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1337 * here 1338 */ 1339 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1340 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1341 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1342 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1343 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1344 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1345 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1346 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1347 1348 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1349 1350 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1351 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1352 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1353 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1354 1355 /** 1356 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1357 * 1358 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1359 * 1360 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1361 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1365 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1366 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1367 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1368 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1370 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1371 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1373 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1375 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1377 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1378 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1379 * this attribute) 1380 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1381 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1382 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1383 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1385 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1386 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1388 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1389 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1391 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1392 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1394 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1395 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1397 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1398 * 1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1400 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1402 * 1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1404 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1405 * 1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1407 * 1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1409 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1410 * keys 1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1413 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1415 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1418 * default management key 1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1420 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1421 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1422 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1423 * 1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1428 * 1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1431 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1433 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1435 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1436 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1438 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1440 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1441 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1442 * 1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1444 * consisting of a nested array. 1445 * 1446 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1448 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1451 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1452 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1453 * 1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1455 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1456 * 1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1458 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1459 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1460 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1461 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1462 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1463 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1464 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1465 * to a specific alpha2. 1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1467 * rules. 1468 * 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1471 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1473 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1475 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1476 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1477 * 1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1479 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1480 * 1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1482 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1483 * of the interface mode. 1484 * 1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1486 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1487 * 1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1489 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1490 * 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1492 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1494 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1496 * that can be added to a scan request 1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1498 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1500 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1501 * 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1504 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1506 * 1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1508 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1510 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1511 * 1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1513 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1514 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1515 * 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1517 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1518 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1521 * represented as a u32 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1523 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1524 * 1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1526 * a u32 1527 * 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1529 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1530 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1531 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1532 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1534 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1535 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1536 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1537 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1538 * 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1540 * cipher suites 1541 * 1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1543 * for other networks on different channels 1544 * 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1546 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1547 * 1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1549 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1550 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1551 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1552 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1553 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1554 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1555 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1556 * 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1558 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1559 * 1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1561 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1562 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1563 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1564 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1565 * default in station mode. 1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1567 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1568 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1569 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1570 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1571 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1573 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1574 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1576 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1577 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1578 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1579 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1580 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1581 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1582 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1583 * flag. 1584 * 1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1586 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1587 * 1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1589 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1590 * a local disconnect request. 1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1592 * event (u16) 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1594 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1595 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1596 * 1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1598 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1599 * (an array of u32). 1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1601 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1602 * u32). 1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1604 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1605 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1607 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1608 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1609 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1610 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1611 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1612 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1613 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1614 * 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1616 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1618 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1619 * 1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1621 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1622 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1623 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1624 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1625 * 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1627 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1629 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1630 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1633 * 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1635 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1636 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1637 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1638 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1639 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1640 * completely from scratch. 1641 * 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1643 * 1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1645 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1646 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1647 * 1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1650 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1651 * 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1654 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1655 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1656 * 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1658 * 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1660 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1661 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1662 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1663 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1664 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1665 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1666 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1667 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1668 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1669 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1670 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1671 * 1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1673 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1675 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1677 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1678 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1679 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1681 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1682 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1683 * 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1685 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1686 * 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1688 * 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1690 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1691 * 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1693 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1694 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1695 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1696 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1697 * 1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1699 * connected to this BSS. 1700 * 1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1702 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1704 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1705 * for non-automatic settings. 1706 * 1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1708 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1709 * 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1711 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1712 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1713 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1714 * 1715 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1716 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1717 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1718 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1719 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1720 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1721 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1722 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1723 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1724 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1725 * 1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1727 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1728 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1729 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1730 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1731 * 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1733 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1734 * 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1736 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1737 * 1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1739 * 1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1741 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1742 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1743 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1744 * nl80211 capability flag. 1745 * 1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1747 * 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1749 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1750 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1751 * 1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1753 * changed once the mesh is active. 1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1755 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1757 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1758 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1760 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1761 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1762 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1763 * 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1765 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1767 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1768 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1769 * triggers. 1770 * 1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1772 * cycles, in msecs. 1773 * 1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1775 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1776 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1777 * pass-thru filter rules. 1778 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1779 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1780 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1781 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1782 * able to ignore them by itself. 1783 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1784 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1785 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1786 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1787 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1788 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1789 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1790 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1791 * 1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1793 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1794 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1796 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1797 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1798 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1799 * 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1801 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1802 * 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1804 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1805 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1806 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1807 * 1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1809 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1810 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1813 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1814 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1815 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1817 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1818 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1819 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1820 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1821 * 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1823 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1825 * as AP. 1826 * 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1828 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1829 * 1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1831 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1832 * 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1834 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1835 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1836 * applications use this attribute. 1837 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1838 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1839 * 1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1841 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1842 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1844 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1846 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1848 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1850 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1851 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1852 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1853 * 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1855 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1856 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1857 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1858 * 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1860 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1861 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1862 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1863 * 1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1865 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1867 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1868 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1869 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1870 * 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1872 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1873 * to be filled by the FW. 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1875 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1877 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1878 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1879 * The values that may be configured are: 1880 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1881 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1882 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1883 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1884 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1887 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1888 * to one DFS region. 1889 * 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1891 * up to 16 TIDs. 1892 * 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1894 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1895 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1896 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1897 * capability to timeout the stations. 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1900 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1901 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1902 * 1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1904 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1905 * 1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1907 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1908 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1909 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1910 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1911 * 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1913 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1914 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1915 * 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1917 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1918 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1919 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1920 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1921 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1922 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1923 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1924 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1925 * consistent. 1926 * 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1928 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1931 * 1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1933 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1934 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1935 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1936 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1937 * no change is made. 1938 * 1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1940 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1941 * 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1943 * carried in a u32 attribute 1944 * 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1946 * MAC ACL. 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1949 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1950 * ACL. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1953 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1956 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1957 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1959 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1960 * 1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1962 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1963 * 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1965 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1966 * and PU-APSD. 1967 * 1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1969 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1970 * 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1972 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1973 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1974 * 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1976 * 1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1978 * Element 1979 * 1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1981 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1983 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1984 * 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1986 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1987 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1988 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1989 * 1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1993 * until the channel switch event. 1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1995 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1996 * operation). 1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1998 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2000 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2002 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2005 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2006 * 2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2010 * supported operating classes. 2011 * 2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2013 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2014 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2015 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2016 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2017 * IBSS network. 2018 * 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2020 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2022 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2023 * 2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2025 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2026 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2027 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2028 * u8 attribute. 2029 * 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2031 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2034 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2036 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2039 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2040 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2041 * 2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2044 * 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2046 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2047 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2048 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2049 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2050 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2053 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2055 * supported number of csa counters. 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2058 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2059 * 2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2061 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2062 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2063 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2064 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2065 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2066 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2067 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2068 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2069 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2070 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2071 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2072 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2073 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2074 * multicast group. 2075 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2076 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2077 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2078 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2079 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2080 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2081 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2082 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2083 * 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2085 * the TDLS link initiator. 2086 * 2087 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2088 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2089 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2090 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2091 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2092 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2093 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2094 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2095 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2096 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2097 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2098 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2099 * 2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2101 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2102 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2103 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2104 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2105 * 2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2109 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2112 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2113 * 2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2115 * 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2117 * 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2119 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2120 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2121 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2122 * 2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2124 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2125 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2126 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2127 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2128 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2129 * 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2131 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2132 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2133 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2134 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2135 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2136 * over all channels. 2137 * 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2139 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2140 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2141 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2142 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2144 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2145 * 2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2147 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2149 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2151 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2153 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2154 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2155 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2156 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2157 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2159 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2160 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2161 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2163 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2164 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2165 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2166 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2167 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2168 * 2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2170 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2171 * 2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2175 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2176 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2177 * interface type. 2178 * 2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2180 * groupID for monitor mode. 2181 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2182 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2183 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2184 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2185 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2186 * each group. 2187 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2188 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2189 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2190 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2191 * groupID data. 2192 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2194 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2195 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2196 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2197 * 2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2199 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2200 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2201 * attribute must not be included). 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2203 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2205 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2206 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2207 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2208 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2210 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2211 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2212 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2213 * 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2215 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2216 * 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2218 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2219 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2220 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2221 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2223 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2224 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2225 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2226 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2227 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2228 * the device will decide what to use. 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2230 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2231 * attribute. 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2233 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2234 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2235 * protection. 2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2237 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2238 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2239 * 2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2241 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2242 * 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2244 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2245 * 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2247 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2248 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2249 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2250 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2251 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2252 * unnecessary wakeups. 2253 * 2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2255 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2256 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2257 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2258 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2259 * 2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2261 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2262 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2263 * 2264 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2265 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2266 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2267 * 2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2269 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2270 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2271 * 2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2273 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2274 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2275 * 2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2277 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2278 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2279 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2280 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2281 * 2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2283 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2284 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2285 * 2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2287 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2288 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2289 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2290 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2291 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2292 * 2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2294 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2296 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2297 * 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2299 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2300 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2303 * 2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2305 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2306 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2307 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2309 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2310 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2311 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2312 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2313 * 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2315 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2318 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2320 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2321 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2322 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2323 * enforced. 2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2325 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2327 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2328 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2329 * 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2331 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2332 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2333 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2334 * 2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2336 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2337 * 2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2339 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2340 * invalid value. 2341 * 2342 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2343 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2344 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2345 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2346 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2347 * 2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2349 * scheduler. 2350 * 2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2352 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2353 * possible values. 2354 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2355 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2356 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2357 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2358 * or per-station. 2359 * 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2361 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2362 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2363 * 2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2365 * 2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2367 * functionality. 2368 * 2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2370 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2371 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2373 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2374 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2375 * 2376 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2378 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2379 */ 2380 enum nl80211_attrs { 2381 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2382 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2383 2384 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2385 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2386 2387 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2388 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2389 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2390 2391 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2392 2393 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2394 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2395 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2396 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2397 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2398 2399 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2400 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2401 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2402 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2403 2404 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2405 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2406 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2407 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2408 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2409 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2410 2411 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2412 2413 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2414 2415 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2416 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2417 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2418 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2419 2420 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2421 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2422 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2423 2424 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2425 2426 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2427 2428 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2429 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2430 2431 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2432 2433 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2434 2435 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2436 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2437 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2438 2439 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2440 2441 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2442 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2443 2444 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2445 2446 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2447 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2448 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2449 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2450 2451 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2452 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2453 2454 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2455 2456 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2457 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2458 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2459 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2460 2461 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2462 2463 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2464 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2465 2466 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2467 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2468 2469 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2470 2471 2472 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2473 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2474 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2475 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2476 2477 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2478 2479 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2480 2481 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2482 2483 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2484 2485 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2486 2487 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2488 2489 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2490 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2491 2492 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2493 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2494 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2495 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2496 2497 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2498 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2499 2500 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2501 2502 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2503 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2504 2505 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2506 2507 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2508 2509 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2510 2511 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2513 2514 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2515 2516 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2517 2518 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2519 2520 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2521 2522 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2523 2524 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2525 2526 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2527 2528 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2529 2530 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2531 2532 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2533 2534 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2535 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2536 2537 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2538 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2542 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2543 2544 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2545 2546 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2547 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2548 2549 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2550 2551 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2554 2555 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2556 2557 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2558 2559 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2560 2561 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2562 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2563 2564 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2565 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2566 2567 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2568 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2569 2570 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2571 2572 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2573 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2574 2575 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2576 2577 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2578 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2579 2580 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2581 2582 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2583 2584 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2585 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2586 2587 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2588 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2589 2590 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2591 2592 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2593 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2594 2595 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2596 2597 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2598 2599 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2600 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2601 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2602 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2603 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2604 2605 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2606 2607 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2608 2609 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2610 2611 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2612 2613 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2614 2615 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2616 2617 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2618 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2619 2620 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2621 2622 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2623 2624 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2625 2626 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2627 2628 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2629 2630 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2631 2632 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2633 2634 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2635 2636 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2637 2638 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2639 2640 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2641 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2642 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2643 2644 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2645 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2646 2647 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2648 2649 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2650 2651 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2652 2653 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2654 2655 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2656 2657 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2658 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2659 2660 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2661 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2662 2663 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2664 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2665 2666 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2667 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2668 2669 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2670 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2671 2672 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2673 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2674 2675 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2676 2677 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2680 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2681 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2683 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2684 2685 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2686 2687 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2688 2689 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2695 2696 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2697 2698 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2699 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2701 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2702 2703 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2704 2705 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2706 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2707 2708 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2709 2710 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2715 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2716 2717 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2718 2719 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2720 2721 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2722 2723 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2724 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2725 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2726 2727 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2728 2729 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2730 2731 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2732 2733 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2734 2735 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2738 2739 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2744 2745 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2746 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2747 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2748 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2749 2750 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2751 2752 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2753 2754 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2755 2756 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2759 2760 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2761 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2764 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2765 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2766 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2769 2770 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2771 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2772 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2774 2775 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2776 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2777 2778 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2779 2780 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2781 2782 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2783 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2784 2785 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2786 2787 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2788 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2789 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2790 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2791 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2792 2793 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2796 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2797 2798 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2799 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2800 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2803 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2804 2805 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2806 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2807 2808 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2809 2810 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2811 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2812 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2813 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2814 2815 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2816 2817 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2818 2819 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2820 2821 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2822 2823 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2824 2825 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2826 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2827 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2828 2829 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2830 2831 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2836 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2837 2838 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2839 2840 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2841 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2842 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2843 }; 2844 2845 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2846 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2847 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2848 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2849 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2850 2851 /* 2852 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2853 * here 2854 */ 2855 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2856 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2857 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2858 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2859 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2860 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2861 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2862 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2863 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2864 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2865 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2866 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2867 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2868 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2869 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2870 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2871 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2872 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2873 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2874 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2875 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2876 2877 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2878 2879 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2880 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2881 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 2882 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2883 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2884 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2885 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2886 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2887 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2888 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 2889 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2890 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2891 2892 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2893 2894 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2895 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2896 2897 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2898 2899 /** 2900 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2901 * 2902 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2903 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2904 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2905 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2906 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2907 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2908 * AP type interface. 2909 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2910 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2911 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2912 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2913 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2914 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2915 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2916 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2917 * commands to create and destroy one 2918 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2919 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2920 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2921 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2922 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2923 * 2924 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2925 * to set the type of an interface. 2926 * 2927 */ 2928 enum nl80211_iftype { 2929 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2930 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2931 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2932 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2933 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2934 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2935 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2936 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2937 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2938 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2939 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2940 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2941 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2942 2943 /* keep last */ 2944 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2945 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2946 }; 2947 2948 /** 2949 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2950 * 2951 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2952 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2953 * 2954 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2955 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2956 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2957 * with short barker preamble 2958 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2959 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2960 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2961 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2962 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2963 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2964 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2965 * as errors.) 2966 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2967 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2968 * previously added station into associated state 2969 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2970 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2971 */ 2972 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2973 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2974 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2975 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2976 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2977 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2978 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2979 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2980 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2981 2982 /* keep last */ 2983 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2984 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2985 }; 2986 2987 /** 2988 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2989 * 2990 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2991 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2992 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2993 */ 2994 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2995 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2996 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2997 2998 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2999 }; 3000 3001 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3002 3003 /** 3004 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3005 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3006 * @set: which values to set them to 3007 * 3008 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3009 */ 3010 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3011 __u32 mask; 3012 __u32 set; 3013 } __attribute__((packed)); 3014 3015 /** 3016 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3017 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3018 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3019 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3020 */ 3021 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3022 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3023 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3024 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3025 }; 3026 3027 /** 3028 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3029 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3030 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3031 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3032 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3033 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3034 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3035 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3036 */ 3037 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3038 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3039 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3040 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3041 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3042 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3043 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3044 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3045 }; 3046 3047 /** 3048 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3049 * 3050 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3051 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3052 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3053 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3054 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3055 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3056 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3057 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3058 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3059 * 3060 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3063 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3065 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3066 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3067 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3069 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3070 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3071 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3072 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3073 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3074 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3075 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3076 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3077 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3078 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3079 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3080 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3082 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3084 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3085 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3086 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3087 */ 3088 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3089 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3090 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3091 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3092 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3093 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3094 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3095 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3096 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3097 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3098 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3099 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3100 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3101 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3102 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3103 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3104 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3105 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3106 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3107 3108 /* keep last */ 3109 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3110 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3111 }; 3112 3113 /** 3114 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3115 * 3116 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3117 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3118 * 3119 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3120 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3121 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3122 * (flag) 3123 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3124 * (flag) 3125 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3126 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3127 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3128 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3129 */ 3130 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3131 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3132 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3133 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3134 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3135 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3136 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3137 3138 /* keep last */ 3139 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3140 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3141 }; 3142 3143 /** 3144 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3145 * 3146 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3147 * when getting information about a station. 3148 * 3149 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3150 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3151 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3152 * (u32, from this station) 3153 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3154 * (u32, to this station) 3155 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3156 * (u64, from this station) 3157 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3158 * (u64, to this station) 3159 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3160 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3161 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3162 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3163 * (u32, from this station) 3164 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3165 * (u32, to this station) 3166 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3167 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3168 * (u32, to this station) 3169 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3170 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3171 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3173 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3174 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3175 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3176 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3177 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3178 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3179 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3181 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3183 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3185 * non-peer STA 3186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3187 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3188 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3189 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3190 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3191 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3192 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3193 * (u64) 3194 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3195 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3196 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3197 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3198 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3199 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3200 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3201 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3202 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3203 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3204 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3206 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3207 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3208 * (u32, from this station) 3209 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3210 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3211 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3212 * might not be fully accurate. 3213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3214 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3216 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3218 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3219 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3220 * of STA's association 3221 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3222 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3223 */ 3224 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3225 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3226 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3227 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3228 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3229 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3230 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3231 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3232 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3233 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3234 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3235 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3236 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3237 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3238 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3239 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3240 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3241 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3242 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3243 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3244 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3245 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3246 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3247 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3248 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3249 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3250 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3251 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3252 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3253 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3254 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3255 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3256 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3257 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3258 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3259 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3260 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3261 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3262 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3263 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3264 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3265 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3266 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3267 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3268 3269 /* keep last */ 3270 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3271 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3272 }; 3273 3274 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3275 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3276 3277 3278 /** 3279 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3280 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3281 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3282 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3283 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3284 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3285 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3286 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3287 * MSDUs (u64) 3288 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3289 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3290 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3291 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3292 */ 3293 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3294 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3295 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3296 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3297 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3298 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3299 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3300 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3301 3302 /* keep last */ 3303 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3304 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3305 }; 3306 3307 /** 3308 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3309 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3310 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3311 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3312 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3313 * backlogged 3314 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3315 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3316 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3317 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3318 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3319 * (only for per-phy stats) 3320 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3321 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3322 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3323 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3324 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3325 */ 3326 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3327 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3328 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3329 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3330 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3331 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3332 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3333 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3334 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3335 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3336 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3337 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3338 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3339 3340 /* keep last */ 3341 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3342 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3343 }; 3344 3345 /** 3346 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3347 * 3348 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3349 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3350 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3351 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3352 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3353 */ 3354 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3355 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3356 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3357 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3358 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3359 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3360 }; 3361 3362 /** 3363 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3364 * 3365 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3366 * information about a mesh path. 3367 * 3368 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3369 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3370 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3371 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3372 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3373 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3374 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3375 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3376 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3377 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3378 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3379 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3380 * currently defined 3381 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3382 */ 3383 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3384 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3385 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3386 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3387 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3388 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3389 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3390 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3391 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3392 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3393 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3394 3395 /* keep last */ 3396 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3397 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3398 }; 3399 3400 /** 3401 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3402 * 3403 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3404 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3405 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3406 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3407 * capabilities IE 3408 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3409 * capabilities IE 3410 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3411 * capabilities IE 3412 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3413 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3414 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3415 * defined 3416 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3417 */ 3418 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3419 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3420 3421 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3422 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3423 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3424 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3425 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3426 3427 /* keep last */ 3428 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3429 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3430 }; 3431 3432 /** 3433 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3434 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3435 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3436 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3437 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3438 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3439 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3440 * defined in 802.11n 3441 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3442 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3443 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3444 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3445 * defined in 802.11ac 3446 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3447 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3448 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3449 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3450 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3451 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3452 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3453 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3454 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3455 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3456 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3457 */ 3458 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3459 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3460 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3461 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3462 3463 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3464 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3465 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3466 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3467 3468 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3469 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3470 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3471 3472 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3473 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3474 3475 /* keep last */ 3476 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3477 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3478 }; 3479 3480 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3481 3482 /** 3483 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3484 * 3485 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3486 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3487 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3488 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3489 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3490 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3491 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3492 */ 3493 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3494 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3495 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3496 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3497 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3498 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3499 3500 /* keep last */ 3501 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3502 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3503 }; 3504 3505 /** 3506 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3507 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3508 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3509 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3510 * regulatory domain. 3511 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3512 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3513 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3514 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3515 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3516 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3517 * (100 * dBm). 3518 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3519 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3520 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3521 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3522 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3523 * channel as the control channel 3524 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3525 * channel as the control channel 3526 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3527 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3528 * this includes 80+80 channels 3529 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3530 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3531 * isn't possible 3532 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3533 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3534 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3535 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3536 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3537 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3538 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3539 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3540 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3541 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3542 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3543 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3544 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3545 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3546 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3547 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3548 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3549 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3550 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3551 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3552 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3553 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3554 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3555 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3556 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3557 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3558 * currently defined 3559 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3560 * 3561 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3562 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3563 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3564 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3565 */ 3566 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3567 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3568 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3569 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3570 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3571 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3572 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3573 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3574 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3575 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3576 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3577 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3578 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3579 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3580 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3581 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3582 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3583 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3584 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3585 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3586 3587 /* keep last */ 3588 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3589 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3590 }; 3591 3592 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3593 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3594 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3595 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3596 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3597 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3598 3599 /** 3600 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3601 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3602 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3603 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3604 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3605 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3606 * currently defined 3607 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3608 */ 3609 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3610 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3611 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3612 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3613 3614 /* keep last */ 3615 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3616 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3617 }; 3618 3619 /** 3620 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3621 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3622 * regulatory domain. 3623 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3624 * regulatory domain. 3625 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3626 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3627 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3628 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3629 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3630 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3631 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3632 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3633 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3634 */ 3635 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3636 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3637 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3638 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3639 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3640 }; 3641 3642 /** 3643 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3644 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3645 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3646 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3647 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3648 * domain. 3649 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3650 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3651 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3652 * them to be applied. 3653 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3654 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3655 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3656 * domain request to be processed. 3657 */ 3658 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3659 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3660 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3661 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3662 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3663 }; 3664 3665 /** 3666 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3667 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3668 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3669 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3670 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3671 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3672 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3673 * band edge. 3674 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3675 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3676 * band edge. 3677 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3678 * frequency range, in KHz. 3679 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3680 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3681 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3682 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3683 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3684 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3685 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3686 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3687 * currently defined 3688 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3689 */ 3690 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3691 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3692 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3693 3694 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3695 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3696 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3697 3698 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3699 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3700 3701 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3702 3703 /* keep last */ 3704 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3705 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3706 }; 3707 3708 /** 3709 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3710 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3711 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3712 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3713 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3714 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3715 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3716 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3717 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3718 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3719 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3720 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3721 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3722 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3723 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3724 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3725 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3726 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3727 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3728 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3729 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3730 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3731 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3732 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3733 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3734 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3735 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3736 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3737 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3738 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3739 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3740 * attribute number currently defined 3741 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3742 */ 3743 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3744 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3745 3746 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3747 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3748 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3749 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3750 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3751 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3752 3753 /* keep last */ 3754 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3755 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3756 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3757 }; 3758 3759 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3760 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3761 3762 /** 3763 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3764 * 3765 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3766 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3767 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3768 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3769 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3770 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3771 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3772 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3773 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3774 * beaconing. 3775 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3776 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3777 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3778 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3779 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3780 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3781 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3782 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3783 */ 3784 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3785 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3786 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3787 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3788 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3789 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3790 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3791 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3792 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3793 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3794 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3795 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3796 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3797 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3798 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3799 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3800 }; 3801 3802 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3803 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3804 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3805 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3806 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3807 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3808 3809 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3810 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3811 3812 /** 3813 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3814 * 3815 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3816 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3817 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3818 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3819 */ 3820 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3821 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3822 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3823 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3824 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3825 }; 3826 3827 /** 3828 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3829 * 3830 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3831 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3832 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3833 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3834 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3835 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3836 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3837 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3838 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3839 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3840 * supported feature. 3841 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3842 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3843 */ 3844 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3845 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3846 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3847 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3848 }; 3849 3850 /** 3851 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3852 * 3853 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3854 * when getting information about a survey. 3855 * 3856 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3857 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3858 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3859 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3860 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3861 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3862 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3863 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3864 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3865 * channel was sensed busy 3866 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3867 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3868 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3869 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3870 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3871 * (on this channel or globally) 3872 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3873 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3874 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 3875 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3876 * currently defined 3877 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3878 */ 3879 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3880 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3881 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3882 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3883 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3884 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3885 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3886 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3887 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3888 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3889 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3890 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3891 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 3892 3893 /* keep last */ 3894 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3895 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3896 }; 3897 3898 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3899 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3900 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3901 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3902 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3903 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3904 3905 /** 3906 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3907 * 3908 * Monitor configuration flags. 3909 * 3910 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3911 * 3912 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3913 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3914 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3915 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3916 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3917 * overrides all other flags. 3918 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3919 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3920 * 3921 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3922 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3923 */ 3924 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3925 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3926 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3927 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3928 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3929 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3930 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3931 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3932 3933 /* keep last */ 3934 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3935 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3936 }; 3937 3938 /** 3939 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3940 * 3941 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3942 * not known or has not been set yet. 3943 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3944 * in Awake state all the time. 3945 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3946 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3947 * neighbor's beacons. 3948 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3949 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3950 * for neighbor's beacons. 3951 * 3952 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3953 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3954 */ 3955 3956 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3957 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3958 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3959 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3960 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3961 3962 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3963 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3964 }; 3965 3966 /** 3967 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3968 * 3969 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3970 * active. 3971 * 3972 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3973 * 3974 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3975 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3976 * 3977 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3978 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3979 * 3980 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3981 * millisecond units 3982 * 3983 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3984 * on this mesh interface 3985 * 3986 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3987 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3988 * mesh 3989 * 3990 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3991 * point. 3992 * 3993 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3994 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3995 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3996 * set. 3997 * 3998 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3999 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4000 * target) 4001 * 4002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4003 * (in milliseconds) 4004 * 4005 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4006 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4007 * 4008 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4009 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4010 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4011 * 4012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4013 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4014 * reference element 4015 * 4016 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4017 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4018 * mesh 4019 * 4020 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4021 * 4022 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4023 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4024 * 4025 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4026 * root announcements are transmitted. 4027 * 4028 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4029 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4030 * Announcement frames. 4031 * 4032 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4033 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4034 * PERR element. 4035 * 4036 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4037 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4038 * 4039 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4040 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4041 * a peer link. 4042 * 4043 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4044 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4045 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4046 * 4047 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4048 * 4049 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4050 * 4051 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4052 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4053 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4054 * 4055 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4056 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4057 * 4058 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4059 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4060 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4061 * 4062 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4063 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4064 * 4065 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4066 * 4067 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4068 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4069 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4070 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4071 * 4072 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4073 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4074 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4075 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4076 * 4077 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4078 */ 4079 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4080 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4081 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4082 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4083 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4084 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4085 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4086 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4087 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4088 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4089 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4090 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4091 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4092 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4093 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4094 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4095 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4096 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4097 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4098 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4099 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4100 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4101 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4102 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4103 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4104 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4105 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4106 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4107 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4108 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4109 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4110 4111 /* keep last */ 4112 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4113 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4114 }; 4115 4116 /** 4117 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4118 * 4119 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4120 * changed while the mesh is active. 4121 * 4122 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4123 * 4124 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4125 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4126 * default HWMP. 4127 * 4128 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4129 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4130 * metric. 4131 * 4132 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4133 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4134 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4135 * metrics in use. 4136 * 4137 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4138 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4139 * 4140 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4141 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4142 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4143 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4144 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4145 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4146 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4147 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4148 * userspace daemon. 4149 * 4150 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4151 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4152 * neighbor offset synchronization 4153 * 4154 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4155 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4156 * 4157 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4158 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4159 * Default is no authentication method required. 4160 * 4161 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4162 * 4163 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4164 */ 4165 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4166 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4167 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4168 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4169 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4170 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4171 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4172 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4173 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4174 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4175 4176 /* keep last */ 4177 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4178 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4179 }; 4180 4181 /** 4182 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4183 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4184 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4185 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4186 * disabled 4187 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4188 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4189 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4190 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4191 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4192 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4193 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4194 */ 4195 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4196 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4197 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4198 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4199 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4200 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4201 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4202 4203 /* keep last */ 4204 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4205 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4206 }; 4207 4208 enum nl80211_ac { 4209 NL80211_AC_VO, 4210 NL80211_AC_VI, 4211 NL80211_AC_BE, 4212 NL80211_AC_BK, 4213 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4214 }; 4215 4216 /* backward compat */ 4217 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4218 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4219 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4220 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4221 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4222 4223 /** 4224 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4225 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4226 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4227 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4228 * below the control channel 4229 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4230 * above the control channel 4231 */ 4232 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4233 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4234 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4235 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4236 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4237 }; 4238 4239 /** 4240 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4241 * 4242 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4243 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4244 * 4245 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4246 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4247 * 4248 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4249 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4250 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4251 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4252 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4253 */ 4254 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4255 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4256 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4257 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4258 }; 4259 4260 /** 4261 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4262 * 4263 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4264 * attribute. 4265 * 4266 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4267 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4268 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4269 * attribute must be provided as well 4270 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4271 * attribute must be provided as well 4272 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4273 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4274 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4275 * attribute must be provided as well 4276 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4277 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4278 */ 4279 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4280 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4281 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4282 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4283 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4284 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4285 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4286 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4287 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4288 }; 4289 4290 /** 4291 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4292 * 4293 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4294 * 4295 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4296 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4297 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4298 */ 4299 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4300 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4301 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4302 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4303 }; 4304 4305 /** 4306 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4307 * 4308 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4309 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4310 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4311 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4312 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4313 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4314 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4315 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4316 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4317 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4318 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4319 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4320 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4321 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4322 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4323 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4324 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4325 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4326 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4327 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4328 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4329 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4330 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4331 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4332 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4333 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4334 * yet been received 4335 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4336 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4337 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4338 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4339 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4340 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4341 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4342 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4343 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4344 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4345 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4346 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4347 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4348 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4349 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4350 * is set. 4351 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4352 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4353 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4354 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4355 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4356 */ 4357 enum nl80211_bss { 4358 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4359 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4360 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4361 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4362 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4363 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4364 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4365 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4366 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4367 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4368 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4369 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4370 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4371 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4372 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4373 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4374 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4375 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4376 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4377 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4378 4379 /* keep last */ 4380 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4381 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4382 }; 4383 4384 /** 4385 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4386 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4387 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4388 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4389 * a given BSS. 4390 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4391 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4392 * 4393 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4394 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4395 */ 4396 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4397 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4398 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4399 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4400 }; 4401 4402 /** 4403 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4404 * 4405 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4406 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4407 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4408 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4409 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4410 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4411 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4412 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4413 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4414 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4415 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4416 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4417 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4418 */ 4419 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4420 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4421 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4422 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4423 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4424 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4425 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4426 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4427 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4428 4429 /* keep last */ 4430 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4431 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4432 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4433 }; 4434 4435 /** 4436 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4437 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4438 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4439 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4440 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4441 */ 4442 enum nl80211_key_type { 4443 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4444 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4445 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4446 4447 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4448 }; 4449 4450 /** 4451 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4452 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4453 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4454 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4455 */ 4456 enum nl80211_mfp { 4457 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4458 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4459 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4460 }; 4461 4462 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4463 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4464 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4465 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4466 }; 4467 4468 /** 4469 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4470 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4471 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4472 * unicast key 4473 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4474 * multicast key 4475 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4476 */ 4477 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4478 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4479 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4480 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4481 4482 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4483 }; 4484 4485 /** 4486 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4487 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4488 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4489 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4490 * keys 4491 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4492 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4493 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4494 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4495 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4496 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4497 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4498 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4499 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4500 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4501 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4502 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4503 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4504 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4505 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4506 * 4507 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4508 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4509 */ 4510 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4511 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4512 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4513 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4514 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4515 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4516 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4517 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4518 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4519 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4520 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4521 4522 /* keep last */ 4523 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4524 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4525 }; 4526 4527 /** 4528 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4529 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4530 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4531 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4532 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4533 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4534 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4535 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4536 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4537 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4538 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4539 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4540 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4541 */ 4542 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4543 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4544 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4545 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4546 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4547 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4548 4549 /* keep last */ 4550 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4551 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4552 }; 4553 4554 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4555 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4556 4557 /** 4558 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4559 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4560 */ 4561 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4562 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4563 }; 4564 4565 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4566 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4567 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4568 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4569 }; 4570 4571 /** 4572 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4573 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4574 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4575 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4576 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4577 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4578 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4579 */ 4580 enum nl80211_band { 4581 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4582 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4583 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4584 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4585 4586 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4587 }; 4588 4589 /** 4590 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4591 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4592 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4593 */ 4594 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4595 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4596 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4597 }; 4598 4599 /** 4600 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4601 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4602 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4603 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4604 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4605 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4606 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4607 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4608 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4609 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4610 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4611 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4612 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4613 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4614 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4615 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4616 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4618 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4620 * checked. 4621 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4622 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4623 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4624 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4625 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4626 * loss event 4627 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4628 * RSSI threshold event. 4629 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4630 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4631 */ 4632 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4633 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4634 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4635 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4636 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4637 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4638 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4639 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4640 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4641 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4642 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4643 4644 /* keep last */ 4645 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4646 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4647 }; 4648 4649 /** 4650 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4651 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4652 * configured threshold 4653 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4654 * configured threshold 4655 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4656 */ 4657 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4658 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4659 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4660 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4661 }; 4662 4663 4664 /** 4665 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4666 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4667 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4668 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4669 */ 4670 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4671 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4672 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4673 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4674 }; 4675 4676 /** 4677 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4678 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4679 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4680 * a zero bit are ignored 4681 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4682 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4683 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4684 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4685 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4686 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4687 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4688 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4689 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4690 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4691 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4692 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4693 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4694 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4695 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4696 */ 4697 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4698 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4699 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4700 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4701 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4702 4703 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4704 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4705 }; 4706 4707 /** 4708 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4709 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4710 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4711 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4712 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4713 * 4714 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4715 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4716 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4717 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4718 * by the kernel to userspace. 4719 */ 4720 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4721 __u32 max_patterns; 4722 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4723 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4724 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4725 } __attribute__((packed)); 4726 4727 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4728 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4729 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4730 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4731 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4732 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4733 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4734 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4735 4736 /** 4737 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4738 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4739 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4740 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4741 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4742 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4743 * any others are even supported by the device. 4744 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4745 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4746 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4747 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4748 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4749 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4750 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4751 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4752 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4753 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4754 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4755 * 4756 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4757 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4758 * 4759 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4760 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4761 * to the kernel when configuring. 4762 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4763 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4764 * by the device (flag) 4765 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4766 * done by the device) (flag) 4767 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4768 * packet (flag) 4769 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4770 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4771 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4772 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4773 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4774 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4775 * attribute contains the original length. 4776 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4777 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4778 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4779 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4780 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4781 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4782 * contains the original length. 4783 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4784 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4785 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4786 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4787 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4788 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4789 * the TCP connection. 4790 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4791 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4792 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4793 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4795 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4796 * service 4797 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4798 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4799 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4800 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4801 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4802 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4803 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4804 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4805 * supported by the driver (u32). 4806 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4807 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4808 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4809 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4810 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4811 * occurred. 4812 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4813 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4814 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4815 * these attributes must be present. If 4816 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4817 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4818 * channel. 4819 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4820 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4821 * 4822 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4823 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4824 */ 4825 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4826 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4827 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4828 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4829 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4830 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4831 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4832 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4833 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4834 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4835 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4836 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4837 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4838 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4839 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4840 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4841 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4842 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4843 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4844 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4845 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4846 4847 /* keep last */ 4848 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4849 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4850 }; 4851 4852 /** 4853 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4854 * 4855 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4856 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4857 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4858 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4859 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4860 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4861 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4862 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4863 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4864 * 4865 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4866 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4867 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4868 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4869 * also woken up. 4870 * 4871 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4872 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4873 */ 4874 4875 /** 4876 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4877 * @start: starting value 4878 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4879 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4880 * 4881 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4882 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4883 * in little endian. 4884 */ 4885 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4886 __u32 start, offset, len; 4887 }; 4888 4889 /** 4890 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4891 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4892 * @len: length of each token 4893 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4894 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4895 */ 4896 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4897 __u32 offset, len; 4898 __u8 token_stream[]; 4899 }; 4900 4901 /** 4902 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4903 * @min_len: minimum token length 4904 * @max_len: maximum token length 4905 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4906 */ 4907 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4908 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4909 }; 4910 4911 /** 4912 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4913 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4914 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4915 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4916 * (in network byte order) 4917 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4918 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4919 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4920 * might require ARP querying. 4921 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4922 * socket and port will be allocated 4923 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4924 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4925 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4926 * of the data payload. 4927 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4928 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4929 * advertising it is just a flag 4930 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4931 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4932 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4933 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4934 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4935 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4936 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4937 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4938 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4939 * but on the TCP payload only. 4940 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4941 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4942 */ 4943 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4944 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4945 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4946 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4947 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4948 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4949 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4950 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4951 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4952 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4953 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4954 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4955 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4956 4957 /* keep last */ 4958 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4959 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4960 }; 4961 4962 /** 4963 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4964 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4965 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4966 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4967 * 4968 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4969 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4970 */ 4971 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4972 __u32 max_rules; 4973 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4974 __u32 max_delay; 4975 } __attribute__((packed)); 4976 4977 /** 4978 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4979 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4980 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4981 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4982 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4983 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4984 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4985 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4986 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4987 */ 4988 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4989 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4990 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4991 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4992 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4993 4994 /* keep last */ 4995 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4996 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4997 }; 4998 4999 /** 5000 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5001 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5002 * in a rule are matched. 5003 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5004 * in a rule are not matched. 5005 */ 5006 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5007 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5008 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5009 }; 5010 5011 /** 5012 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5013 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5014 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5015 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5016 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5017 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5018 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5019 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5020 */ 5021 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5022 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5023 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5024 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5025 5026 /* keep last */ 5027 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5028 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5029 }; 5030 5031 /** 5032 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5033 * 5034 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5035 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5036 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5037 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5038 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5039 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5040 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5041 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5042 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5043 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5044 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5045 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5046 * different channels may be used within this group. 5047 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5048 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5049 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5050 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5051 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5052 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5053 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5054 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5055 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5056 * 5057 * Examples: 5058 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5059 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5060 * 5061 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5062 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5063 * 5064 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5065 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5066 * 5067 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5068 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5069 * 5070 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5071 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5072 * that any of these groups must match. 5073 * 5074 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5075 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5076 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5077 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5078 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5079 */ 5080 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5081 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5082 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5083 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5084 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5085 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5086 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5087 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5088 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5089 5090 /* keep last */ 5091 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5092 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5093 }; 5094 5095 5096 /** 5097 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5098 * 5099 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5100 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5101 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5102 * this mesh peer 5103 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5104 * from this mesh peer 5105 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5106 * received from this mesh peer 5107 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5108 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5109 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5110 * plink are discarded 5111 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5112 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5113 */ 5114 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5115 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5116 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5117 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5118 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5119 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5120 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5121 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5122 5123 /* keep last */ 5124 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5125 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5126 }; 5127 5128 /** 5129 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5130 * 5131 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5132 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5133 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5134 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5135 */ 5136 enum plink_actions { 5137 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5138 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5139 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5140 5141 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5142 }; 5143 5144 5145 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5146 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5147 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5148 5149 /** 5150 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5151 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5152 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5153 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5154 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5155 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5156 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5157 */ 5158 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5159 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5160 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5161 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5162 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5163 5164 /* keep last */ 5165 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5166 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5167 }; 5168 5169 /** 5170 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5171 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5172 * Beacon frames) 5173 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5174 * in Beacon frames 5175 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5176 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5177 */ 5178 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5179 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5180 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5181 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5182 }; 5183 5184 /** 5185 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5186 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5187 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5188 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5189 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5190 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5191 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5192 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5193 */ 5194 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5195 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5196 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5197 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5198 5199 /* keep last */ 5200 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5201 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5202 }; 5203 5204 /** 5205 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5206 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5207 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5208 * priority) 5209 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5210 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5211 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5212 * (internal) 5213 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5214 * (internal) 5215 */ 5216 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5217 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5218 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5219 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5220 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5221 5222 /* keep last */ 5223 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5224 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5225 }; 5226 5227 /** 5228 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5229 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5230 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5231 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5232 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5233 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5234 */ 5235 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5236 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5237 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5238 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5239 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5240 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5241 }; 5242 5243 /* 5244 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5245 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5246 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5247 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5248 }; 5249 */ 5250 5251 /** 5252 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5253 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5254 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5255 * socket option. 5256 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5257 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5258 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5259 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5260 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5261 * cellular base stations. 5262 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5263 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5264 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5265 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5266 * mode 5267 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5268 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5270 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5271 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5272 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5273 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5274 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5275 * setting 5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5277 * powersave 5278 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5279 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5280 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5281 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5282 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5283 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5284 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5285 * states using station flags. 5286 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5287 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5288 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5289 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5290 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5291 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5292 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5293 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5294 * still generated by the driver. 5295 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5296 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5297 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5298 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5299 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5300 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5301 * lifetime of a BSS. 5302 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5303 * Set IE to probe requests. 5304 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5305 * to probe requests. 5306 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5307 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5308 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5309 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5310 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5311 * Measurement Report action frame. 5312 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5313 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5314 * to enable dynack. 5315 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5316 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5317 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5318 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5319 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5320 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5321 * rts/cts handshake. 5322 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5323 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5324 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5325 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5326 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5327 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5328 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5329 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5330 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5331 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5332 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5333 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5334 * address mask/value will be used. 5335 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5336 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5337 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5338 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5339 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5340 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5341 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5342 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5343 */ 5344 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5345 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5346 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5347 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5348 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5349 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5350 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5351 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5352 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5353 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5354 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5355 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5356 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5357 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5358 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5359 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5360 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5361 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5362 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5363 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5364 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5365 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5366 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5367 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5368 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5369 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5370 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5371 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5372 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5373 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5374 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5375 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5376 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5377 }; 5378 5379 /** 5380 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5381 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5382 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5383 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5384 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5385 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5386 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5387 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5388 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5389 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5390 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5391 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5392 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5393 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5394 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5395 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5396 * (if available). 5397 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5398 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5399 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5400 * (if available). 5401 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5402 * channel dwell time. 5403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5404 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5406 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5407 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5408 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5410 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5412 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5414 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5415 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5416 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5417 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5418 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5419 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5420 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5421 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5422 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5423 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5424 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5425 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5427 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5428 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5429 * be supported. 5430 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5431 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5432 * actual dwell time. 5433 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5434 * response 5435 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5436 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5437 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5438 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5440 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5441 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5443 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5444 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5445 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5446 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5447 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5448 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5449 * "radar detected" event. 5450 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5451 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5453 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5454 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5455 * TXQs. 5456 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5457 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5458 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5459 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5460 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5461 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5462 * timing measurement responder role. 5463 * 5464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5465 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5466 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5467 * freeze the connection. 5468 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5469 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5470 * 5471 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5472 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5473 * scheduling. 5474 * 5475 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5476 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5477 * 5478 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5479 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5480 * 5481 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5482 * to a station. 5483 * 5484 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5485 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5486 * 5487 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5488 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5489 */ 5490 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5491 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5492 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5493 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5494 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5495 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5496 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5497 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5498 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5500 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5501 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5502 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5503 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5504 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5505 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5506 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5507 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5508 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5509 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5510 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5511 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5512 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5513 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5514 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5515 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5516 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5517 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5518 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5519 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5520 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5521 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5522 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5523 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5524 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5525 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5526 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5527 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5528 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5529 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5530 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5531 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5532 5533 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5534 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5535 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5536 }; 5537 5538 /** 5539 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5540 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5541 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5542 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5543 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5544 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5545 * to the host. 5546 * 5547 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5548 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5549 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5550 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5551 */ 5552 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5553 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5554 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5555 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5556 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5557 }; 5558 5559 /** 5560 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5561 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5562 * handled by the AP is reached. 5563 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5564 */ 5565 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5566 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5567 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5568 }; 5569 5570 /** 5571 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5572 * 5573 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5574 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5575 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5576 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5577 */ 5578 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5579 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5580 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5581 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5582 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5583 }; 5584 5585 /** 5586 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5587 * 5588 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5589 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5590 * requests. 5591 * 5592 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5593 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5594 * one of them can be used in the request. 5595 * 5596 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5597 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5598 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5599 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5600 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5601 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5602 * when really needed 5603 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5604 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5605 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5606 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5607 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5608 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5609 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5610 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5611 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5612 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5613 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5614 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5615 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5616 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5617 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5618 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5619 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5620 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5621 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5622 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5623 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5624 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5625 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5626 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5627 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5628 * impacted with this flag. 5629 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5630 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5631 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5632 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5633 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5634 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5635 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5636 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5637 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5638 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5639 * possible. 5640 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5641 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5642 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5643 */ 5644 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5645 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5646 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5647 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5648 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5649 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5650 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5651 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5652 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5653 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5654 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5655 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5656 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5657 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5658 }; 5659 5660 /** 5661 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5662 * 5663 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5664 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5665 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5666 * 5667 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5668 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5669 * in ACL to authenticate. 5670 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5671 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5672 */ 5673 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5674 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5675 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5676 }; 5677 5678 /** 5679 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5680 * 5681 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5682 * 5683 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5684 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5685 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5686 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5687 */ 5688 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5689 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5690 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5691 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5692 5693 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5694 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5695 }; 5696 5697 /** 5698 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5699 * 5700 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5701 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5702 * 5703 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5704 * now unusable. 5705 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5706 * the channel is now available. 5707 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5708 * change to the channel status. 5709 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5710 * over, channel becomes usable. 5711 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5712 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5713 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5714 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5715 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5716 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5717 */ 5718 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5719 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5720 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5721 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5722 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5723 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5724 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5725 }; 5726 5727 /** 5728 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5729 * 5730 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5731 * 5732 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5733 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5734 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5735 * is therefore marked as not available. 5736 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5737 */ 5738 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5739 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5740 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5741 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5742 }; 5743 5744 /** 5745 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5746 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5747 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5748 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5749 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5750 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5751 */ 5752 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5753 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5754 }; 5755 5756 /** 5757 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5758 * 5759 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5760 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5761 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5762 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5763 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5764 */ 5765 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5766 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5767 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5768 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5769 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5770 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5771 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5772 }; 5773 5774 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5775 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5776 5777 /** 5778 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5779 * 5780 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5781 * 5782 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5783 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 5784 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 5785 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 5786 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 5787 */ 5788 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5789 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5790 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 5791 }; 5792 5793 /* 5794 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5795 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5796 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5797 */ 5798 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5799 5800 /** 5801 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5802 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5803 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5804 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5805 * added to this file when needed. 5806 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5807 */ 5808 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5809 __u32 vendor_id; 5810 __u32 subcmd; 5811 }; 5812 5813 /** 5814 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5815 * 5816 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5817 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5818 * 5819 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5820 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5821 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5822 */ 5823 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5824 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5825 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5826 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5827 }; 5828 5829 /** 5830 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5831 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5832 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5833 * seconds (u32). 5834 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5835 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5836 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5837 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5838 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5839 * currently defined 5840 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5841 */ 5842 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5843 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5844 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5845 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5846 5847 /* keep last */ 5848 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5849 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5850 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5851 }; 5852 5853 /** 5854 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5855 * 5856 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5857 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5858 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5859 */ 5860 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5861 __u8 band; 5862 __s8 delta; 5863 } __attribute__((packed)); 5864 5865 /** 5866 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5867 * 5868 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5869 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5870 * is requested. 5871 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5872 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5873 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5874 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5875 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5876 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5877 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5878 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5879 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5880 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5881 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5882 * 5883 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5884 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5885 * which the driver shall use. 5886 */ 5887 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5888 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5889 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5890 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5891 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5892 5893 /* keep last */ 5894 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5895 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5896 }; 5897 5898 /** 5899 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5900 * 5901 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5902 * 5903 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5904 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5905 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5906 */ 5907 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5908 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5909 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5910 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5911 5912 /* keep last */ 5913 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5914 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5915 }; 5916 5917 /** 5918 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5919 * 5920 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5921 * 5922 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5923 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5924 */ 5925 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5926 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5927 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5928 }; 5929 5930 /** 5931 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5932 * 5933 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5934 * 5935 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5936 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5937 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5938 */ 5939 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5940 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5941 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5942 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5943 }; 5944 5945 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5946 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5947 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5948 5949 /** 5950 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5951 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5952 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5953 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5954 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5955 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5956 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5957 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5958 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5959 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5960 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5961 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5962 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5963 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5964 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5965 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5966 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5967 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5968 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5969 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5970 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5971 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5972 * This is a flag. 5973 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5974 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5975 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5976 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5977 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5978 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5979 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5980 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5981 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5982 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5983 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5984 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5985 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5986 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5987 * 5988 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5989 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5990 */ 5991 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5992 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5993 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5994 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5995 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5996 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5997 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5998 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5999 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6000 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6001 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6002 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6003 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6004 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6005 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6006 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6007 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6008 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6009 6010 /* keep last */ 6011 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6012 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6013 }; 6014 6015 /** 6016 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6017 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6018 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6019 * This is a flag. 6020 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6021 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6022 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6023 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6024 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6025 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6026 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6027 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6028 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6029 */ 6030 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6031 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6032 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6033 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6034 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6035 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6036 6037 /* keep last */ 6038 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6039 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6040 }; 6041 6042 /** 6043 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6044 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6045 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6046 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6047 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6048 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6049 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6050 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6051 * 6052 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6053 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6054 */ 6055 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6056 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6057 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6058 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6059 6060 /* keep last */ 6061 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6062 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6063 }; 6064 6065 /** 6066 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6067 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6068 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6069 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6070 */ 6071 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6072 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6073 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6074 }; 6075 6076 /** 6077 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6078 * responder attributes 6079 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6080 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6081 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6082 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6083 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6084 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6085 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6086 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6087 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6088 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6089 */ 6090 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6091 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6092 6093 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6094 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6095 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6096 6097 /* keep last */ 6098 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6099 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6100 }; 6101 6102 /* 6103 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6104 * 6105 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6106 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6107 * 6108 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6109 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6110 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6111 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6112 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6113 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6114 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6115 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6116 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6117 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6118 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6119 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6120 * phase with the responder (u32) 6121 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6122 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6123 * FTM slot (u32) 6124 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6125 * scheduled window (u32) 6126 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6127 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6128 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6129 */ 6130 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6131 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6132 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6133 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6134 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6135 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6136 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6137 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6138 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6139 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6140 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6141 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6142 6143 /* keep last */ 6144 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6145 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6146 }; 6147 6148 /** 6149 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6150 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6151 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6152 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6153 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6154 */ 6155 enum nl80211_preamble { 6156 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6157 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6158 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6159 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6160 }; 6161 6162 /** 6163 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6164 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6165 * these numbers also for attributes 6166 * 6167 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6168 * 6169 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6170 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6171 */ 6172 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6173 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6174 6175 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6176 6177 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6178 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6179 }; 6180 6181 /** 6182 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6183 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6184 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6185 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6186 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6187 * reason may be available in the response data 6188 */ 6189 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6190 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6191 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6192 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6193 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6194 }; 6195 6196 /** 6197 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6198 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6199 * 6200 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6201 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6202 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6203 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6204 * (flag attribute) 6205 * 6206 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6207 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6208 */ 6209 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6210 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6211 6212 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6213 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6214 6215 /* keep last */ 6216 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6217 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6218 }; 6219 6220 /** 6221 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6222 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6223 * 6224 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6225 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6226 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6227 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6228 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6229 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6230 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6231 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6232 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6233 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6234 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6235 * (u64, usec) 6236 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6237 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6238 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6239 * result. 6240 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6241 * 6242 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6243 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6244 */ 6245 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6246 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6247 6248 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6249 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6250 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6251 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6252 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6253 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6254 6255 /* keep last */ 6256 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6257 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6258 }; 6259 6260 /** 6261 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6262 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6263 * 6264 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6265 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6266 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6267 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6268 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6269 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6270 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6271 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6272 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6273 * 6274 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6275 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6276 */ 6277 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6278 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6279 6280 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6281 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6282 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6283 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6284 6285 /* keep last */ 6286 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6287 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6288 }; 6289 6290 /** 6291 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6292 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6293 * 6294 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6295 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6296 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6297 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6298 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6299 * measurement results 6300 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6301 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6302 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6303 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6304 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6305 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6306 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6307 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6308 * sub-attributes taken from 6309 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6310 * 6311 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6312 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6313 */ 6314 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6315 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6316 6317 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6318 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6319 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6320 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6321 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6322 6323 /* keep last */ 6324 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6325 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6326 }; 6327 6328 /** 6329 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6330 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6331 * 6332 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6333 * is supported 6334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6335 * mode is supported 6336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6337 * data can be requested during the measurement 6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6339 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6341 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6342 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6343 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6344 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6345 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6346 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6347 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6348 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6349 * is valid) 6350 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6351 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6352 * 6353 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6354 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6355 */ 6356 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6357 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6358 6359 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6360 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6362 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6363 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6367 6368 /* keep last */ 6369 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6371 }; 6372 6373 /** 6374 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6375 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6376 * 6377 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6378 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6379 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6380 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6381 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6382 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6384 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6385 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6386 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6387 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6389 * requested per burst 6390 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6391 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6392 * (u8, default 3) 6393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6394 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6395 * (flag) 6396 * 6397 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6398 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6399 */ 6400 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6401 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6402 6403 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6404 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6405 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6406 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6407 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6408 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6409 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6410 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6411 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6412 6413 /* keep last */ 6414 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6415 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6416 }; 6417 6418 /** 6419 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6420 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6421 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6424 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6425 * try and get no response) 6426 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6428 * received 6429 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6430 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6431 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6432 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6433 */ 6434 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6435 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6436 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6437 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6438 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6439 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6440 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6441 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6442 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6443 }; 6444 6445 /** 6446 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6447 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6448 * 6449 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6450 * (u32, optional) 6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6452 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6453 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6454 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6455 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6457 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6458 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6459 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6460 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6461 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6462 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6463 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6464 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6465 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6466 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6467 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6468 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6469 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6470 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6471 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6472 * attributes) 6473 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6474 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6475 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6476 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6477 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6478 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6479 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6480 * optional) 6481 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6482 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6483 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6484 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6485 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6486 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6487 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6488 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6489 * Type 8. 6490 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6491 * (binary, optional); 6492 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6493 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6494 * Type 11. 6495 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6496 * 6497 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6499 */ 6500 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6501 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6502 6503 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6504 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6505 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6506 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6507 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6508 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6509 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6510 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6511 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6512 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6513 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6514 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6515 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6516 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6517 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6518 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6519 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6520 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6521 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6522 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6523 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6524 6525 /* keep last */ 6526 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6527 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6528 }; 6529 6530 /** 6531 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6532 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6533 * 6534 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6535 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6536 * 6537 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6538 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6539 */ 6540 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6541 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6542 6543 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6544 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6545 6546 /* keep last */ 6547 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6548 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6549 }; 6550 6551 6552 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6553
